<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ahage</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ahage"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Ahage"/>
	<updated>2026-07-03T01:24:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35694</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35694"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:51:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name of the Joomla! User who created this item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; The date this Article was created. This date is added automatically by Joomla!, but you may change it in the Publishing Options - Article section of the [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content Article Manager Edit]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35692</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35692"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:46:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name of the Joomla! User who created this item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35691</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35691"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:17:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Global Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35690</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35690"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:13:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35689</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35689"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:11:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35688</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35688"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:09:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the Article will show on the Featured Articles Page. You can change an Article&#039;s published state by clicking on the icon in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35687</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35687"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T23:00:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Chunk16:Help_screen_column_header_Featured&amp;diff=35677</id>
		<title>Chunk16:Help screen column header Featured</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Chunk16:Help_screen_column_header_Featured&amp;diff=35677"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:57:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Chunk16:Help_screen_column_header_Featured&amp;diff=35676</id>
		<title>Chunk16:Help screen column header Featured</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Chunk16:Help_screen_column_header_Featured&amp;diff=35676"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:49:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: New page: Featured&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Featured&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35675</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35675"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:46:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35674</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35674"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:41:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35669</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35669"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:26:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35668</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35668"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:25:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35667</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35667"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:20:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35665</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35665"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:18:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35664</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35664"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:17:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35663</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35663"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:15:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35662</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35662"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:14:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created by}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35661</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35661"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:08:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35660</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35660"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T21:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Featured}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35659</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35659"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T20:55:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Content Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready - edited by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work - see talk page - [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Options|Users_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| users/options&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Options|Menus_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| none&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-12-31)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35658</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35658"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T20:54:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Content Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready - edited by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work - see talk page - [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Options|Users_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| users/options&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Options|Menus_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| none&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:Ahage]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-12-31)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35657</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35657"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T20:53:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Content Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready - edited by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work - see talk page - [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Options|Users_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| users/options&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Options|Menus_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| none&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:Ahage|Anja Hage]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-12-31)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35656</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=35656"/>
		<updated>2011-01-18T20:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Access}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Checkin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.6 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.6, is that all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, all users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the filtering settings, click on Options and select &#039;Text filters&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each user group on your site you can specify what type of filtering is applied to their edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Types====&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of filters: Black List, White List, No HTML and No Filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Black List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====White List Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
White list filters allow you to specify that a given group can only use a specific list of HTML tags and attributes. You can &#039;White List&#039; (allow) tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields for the desired group, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No HTML Filters=====&lt;br /&gt;
No HTML filters are the strictest set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No HTML will not have permission to use any HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====No Filtering=====&lt;br /&gt;
No filtering is the most permissive set of filters you can apply. Groups that are set to No Filtering will have permission to use any and all tags and attributes, including the default blacklisted tags and attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Combining Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
If a user belongs to two different groups that have different filter settings, filters will combine in a permissive way. That is, the set of tags the user will be permitted to use will the combination of the tags that each group allows the user to use. So if the user is a member of one group that white lists a specific set of tags and another group that white lists a different set of tags, the user will be able to use both sets of white listed tags. White lists override blacklists, so if a user belongs to one group that black lists a tag and another group that white lists a tag, the user will be able to use that tag. A user that belongs to a group that has no filtering will be able to use any HTML regardless of filtering settings for other groups the user belongs to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Application====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in a group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to a group, use the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Text_filters.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=28136</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=28136"/>
		<updated>2010-05-26T22:17:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check in&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=28135</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=28135"/>
		<updated>2010-05-26T22:11:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27822</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27822"/>
		<updated>2010-05-21T11:31:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png&amp;diff=27821</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-article manager-toolbar.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-toolbar.png&amp;diff=27821"/>
		<updated>2010-05-21T11:29:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: Joomla 1.6 Content Manager toolbar screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Content Manager toolbar screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27820</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27820"/>
		<updated>2010-05-21T11:09:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Display #&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27819</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27819"/>
		<updated>2010-05-21T10:36:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display #}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27688</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27688"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T08:42:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Article Published &#039;&#039;(needs new 1.6 version [[Chunk:Help_screen_column_header_Article_Published]])&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display #}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27686</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27686"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T08:32:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Column Headers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Article Published (needs new 1.6 version [[Chunk:Help_screen_column_header_Article_Published]])&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display #}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27685</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27685"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T07:51:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display #}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27684</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-article manager-screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27684"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T07:50:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: uploaded a new version of &amp;quot;Image:Help16-content-article manager-screen.png&amp;quot;: Joomla 1.6 Content Manager page screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Content Manager page screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27683</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=27683"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T07:46:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Article Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Order}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Display #}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the following toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_manager_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unarchive}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Archive}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Publish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Unpublish}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Move}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Copy}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Trash}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|New}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parameters.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. See [[#Global Configuration|Global Configuration]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Title&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|List Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:[[Image:article_manager_filter2.png|center]] The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Select State}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Global Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the &#039;Parameters&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:articles_global2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Column Headers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Unauthorized Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Article Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Show Navigation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Read more... Link}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Article Rating/Voting}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Icons}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Hits}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Global For each feed item show}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering Options (HTML)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers are allowed to submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site&#039;s needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that filtering occurs at the time an article is saved, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; it has been written or edited. Depending on your editor and filter settings, it is possible for a user to add HTML to an article during the edit session only to have that HTML removed from the article when it is saved. This can sometimes cause confusion or frustration. If you have filtering set up on your site, make sure your users understand what types of HTML are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default setting, as of Joomla! version 1.5.9, is that all users &#039;&#039;except members of the Super Administrator group&#039;&#039; will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering on by default. This is designed to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. So, if you do not set any filtering options, the Super Administrator will have no filtering done, and all other users will have &amp;quot;black list&amp;quot; filtering done using the default list of filtered items. If you create a filter here, this overrides the default, and the default filter is no longer in effect. Only one filter option is allowed per site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two steps to setting up filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide on the user groups that will receive filtering. This will normally include the highest level group you want to filter and all of the groups below that level. For example, if you want to filter Publishers and below, this would include Publisher, Editor, Author, and Registered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the type and extent of the desired filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want filtering only for Author, Registered user, and guests, select &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Registered&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Public Front End&amp;quot; for the Filter Groups and then select the desired type of filtering. This will apply to members of the Author, Registered and public groups but not to &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; groups, such as Editors, Publishers, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default filtering is overridden by entering in the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; This sets the user groups that you want filters applied to. Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple groups. Groups that are not selected will have no filtering done. &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Important Note: There is a bug, as of version 1.5.8, such that you must specify at least two groups for the filtering to take place. If you only specify one group, no filtering will happen. This is easy to work around. Just be sure to always specify at least two groups here.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. &lt;br /&gt;
**Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; those listed. &lt;br /&gt;
**White list means allow &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; the listed tags and attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
**No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tags to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tags to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Attributes.&#039;&#039;&#039; The &#039;&#039;extra&#039;&#039; tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; tag attributes to allow in a White List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Filters====&lt;br /&gt;
The default filter method in Joomla! is &#039;Black List&#039;. The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following tags to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;applet&#039;, &#039;body&#039;, &#039;bgsound&#039;, &#039;base&#039;, &#039;basefont&#039;, &#039;embed&#039;, &#039;frame&#039;, &#039;frameset&#039;, &#039;head&#039;, &#039;html&#039;, &#039;id&#039;, &#039;iframe&#039;, &#039;ilayer&#039;, &#039;layer&#039;, &#039;link&#039;, &#039;meta&#039;, &#039;name&#039;, &#039;object&#039;, &#039;script&#039;, &#039;style&#039;, &#039;title&#039;, &#039;xml&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default &#039;Black List&#039; contains the following attributes to exclude:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;action&#039;, &#039;background&#039;, &#039;codebase&#039;, &#039;dynsrc&#039;, &#039;lowsrc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &#039;Black List&#039; (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. If you select a Filter Type of &amp;quot;Black List&amp;quot;, this list will always be used, plus any additional tags and attributes you add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using.  Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example One:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example1_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select White List as the Filter type&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Two:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the default black-list filtering to all groups except for Admin and Super Admin, use the following settings:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example2_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select all groups &#039;&#039;except&#039;&#039; Admin and Super Admin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Black List as the Filter type.&lt;br /&gt;
* Leave the Filter Tags and Filter attributes fields empty.&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Administrator and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example Three:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you allow others you do not know (and therefore have no reason to trust) to submit articles on your Joomla! Web site, the safest (and most restrictive) filtering is as follows:[[Image:Screen_content_article_filter_example3_20090126.png|frame|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; System, set &amp;quot;New Registration Type&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the Filter Type, select &amp;quot;No html&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
This will not allow an author to use any HTML inside an article&#039;s content. In this example, no filtering will be done for members of the Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developers Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu=&amp;quot;hide&amp;quot;.  This hides the filters from the Menu Item&#039;s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the &#039;Read more...&#039; button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a &#039;Read more...&#039; break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the &#039;Read more...&#039; link is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Articles: [[screen.content.edit.15|Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Categories: [[screen.categories.15|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Sections: [[screen.sections.15|Section Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To manage Users: [[screen.users.15|User Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27682</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-article manager-screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-article_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27682"/>
		<updated>2010-05-18T07:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: Joomla 1.6 Content Manager page screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Content Manager page screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27510</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27510"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T20:07:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new [[Template:Toolbaricon]])&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27509</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27509"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T20:05:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new [[Template:Toolbaricon]])&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27508</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27508"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T20:05:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new template toolbaricon)&#039;&#039; [[Template:Toolbaricon]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27507</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27507"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T20:04:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new template toolbaricon)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27506</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27506"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:57:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new toolbaricon)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27505</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27505"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:52:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (needs new toolbaricon)&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27504</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27504"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:52:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* New function Joomla! 1.6: Options (new toolbaricon)&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27503</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27503"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:46:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
* New function Joomla! 1.6: Options&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[screen.config.15|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png&amp;diff=27502</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-media manager-toolbar.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-toolbar.png&amp;diff=27502"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: Joomla 1.6 Media Manager toolbar screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Media Manager toolbar screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27500</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27500"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:10:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Media Manager icon in the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or click &#039;Media Manager&#039; in the &#039;Content&#039; menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediamanager.toolbar.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[screen.config.15|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27499</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27499"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:07:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Media Manager through the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or by going to Site &amp;gt; Media Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediamanager.toolbar.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[screen.config.15|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27498</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-media manager-screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27498"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T19:03:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: uploaded a new version of &amp;quot;Image:Help16-content-media manager-screen.png&amp;quot;: Joomla 1.6 Media Manager page screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Media Manager page screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27489</id>
		<title>Help16:Content Media Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Content_Media_Manager&amp;diff=27489"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T17:07:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==This help screen is currently being edited by Anja Hage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Media Manager through the [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]], or by going to Site &amp;gt; Media Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy &#039;delete&#039; button next to each file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Mediamanager.toolbar.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Delete}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
; Switching Views : To alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking &amp;quot;Thumbnails View&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Details View&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Uploading Files : If you would like to upload images or other files to the &amp;lt;joomlaroot&amp;gt;/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File [Max 10M]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Underneath that heading are three buttons: &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Clear Completed&amp;quot;. To upload a file, start by using the &amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot; button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot;. (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn&#039;t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the &amp;quot;Start Upload&amp;quot; button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Create A Sub Directory : If you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot;. Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the &amp;quot;Create Folder&amp;quot; button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Media Manager&#039;s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the [[screen.config.15|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
* You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on &#039;Start Upload&#039; to upload all images displayed beneath it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &#039;Clear completed&#039; to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Media Manager|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27488</id>
		<title>File:Help16-content-media manager-screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-content-media_manager-screen.png&amp;diff=27488"/>
		<updated>2010-05-16T17:02:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ahage: Joomla 1.6 Media Manager page screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6 Media Manager page screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ahage</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>